{"title":"Gate Hinges","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm","title":"Small Machined Weld-On Bullet Hinge 110mm x 20mm, Lift-Off, Bright Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small, neat weld-on hinge for light steel gates, doors and lids.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 110mm bullet hinge is turned from solid steel in two halves: the bottom half carries a 12mm pin and welds to the post or frame, the top half welds to the gate or door and drops over the pin. At just 20mm across it tucks into the gap between slim box section and flat bar, and once painted it all but disappears. The gate or door lifts straight off the pin when you need to take it down. The price is for one hinge (both halves), minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/small-machined-bullet-hinge-110mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 110mm small machined bullet hinge: 111mm long, 20mm across, two 55mm halves, 12mm pin 21mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a small machined bullet hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid, not pressed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both halves are machined from solid steel bar with a turned 12mm pin, so the pin runs true in its bore and the hinge does not rock or rattle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim.\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm across, sized for 25mm to 40mm box section and flat-bar gates, where a bigger barrel would look clumsy or stand proud.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates, doors and lids lift off for painting or repairs and drop back on with no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOil point built in.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 6mm hole through the domed top end lets you oil the pin without taking anything apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, uncoated steel takes a clean weld with no plating to grind off first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight steel garden and side gates, railing and pedestrian gates, bin store and meter cupboard doors, steel cabinet and enclosure doors, trailer and toolbox lids, dog runs, animal pens and general fabrication where a small, strong hidden pivot is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (top and bottom half), minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on bullet hinge, lift-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e111mm (two 55mm halves)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm across, 21mm long, domed tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOiling hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm, through the top end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined mild steel, bright, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich machined hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, doors and lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 110mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/medium-machined-hinge-170mm-x-20mm\"\u003eMedium hinge 170mm with grease nipple\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, side and driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003eMachined hinge 150 x 30mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003eHeavy barrel hinge 170mm with ball bearing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate or door, one near the top and one near the bottom; add a third on a tall door. Stand the gate in the opening on packers with an even gap at the hinge side. Put the two halves of each hinge together, pin end down, and hold the barrel in the corner between the gate stile and the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, then tack the bottom halves to the post and the top halves to the gate. Lift the gate off to check it swings freely, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint and keep the heat short on such a small barrel. Let it cool, then add a few drops of oil through the hole in the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint the barrel with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint and the oiling hole. Oil twice a year so the gate stays quiet and does not wear the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge in two halves. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates or doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it strong enough for a driveway gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for light gates, doors and lids. For driveway gates choose the 150 x 30mm machined hinge or the heavy barrel hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt it on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made to be welded. For a bolt-on fixing see our adjustable gate hinges with back plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe half with the pin goes at the bottom, on the post. The gate half, with the oiling hole on top, drops over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is bright bare steel, so paint it with the gate after welding. The rubbing faces stay oiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58010837811587,"sku":"SSHF-896707-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/small-machined-bullet-hinge-110mm-welded-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794017268"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm","title":"Machined Weld-On Bullet Gate Hinge 150mm x 30mm, Lift-Off, Bright Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, strong weld-on hinge for steel gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 150mm bullet hinge is turned from solid steel in two halves: the bottom half carries an 18.5mm pin and welds to the post, the top half welds to the gate and drops over the pin. Once painted it disappears into the gate line, with nothing to bolt, adjust or work loose, and the gate lifts straight off the pin when you need to take it down. The price is for one hinge (both halves), minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/machined-bullet-hinge-150mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 150mm machined bullet hinge: 149mm long, 30mm across, two 74mm halves, 18.5mm pin 23mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a machined bullet hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid, not pressed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both halves are machined from solid steel bar with a turned pin, so the pin runs true in its bore and the hinge does not rock or rattle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain round barrel with domed ends, no straps or bolts on show. It suits ornamental railings and modern flat-bar gates alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts off for painting, repairs or wide deliveries, and drops back on with no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, uncoated steel takes a clean weld with no plating to grind off first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden, side and driveway gates, railing gates and pedestrian gates, metal doors on bin stores and plant rooms, steel shutters, trailer gates and tailboards, and fabrication work where a strong hidden pivot is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (top and bottom half), minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on bullet hinge, lift-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149mm (two 74mm halves)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5mm across, 23mm long, domed tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOiling hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm, in the top half\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined mild steel, bright, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich machined hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, doors and lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm\"\u003eSmall machined hinge, 110mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/medium-machined-hinge-170mm-x-20mm\"\u003eMedium hinge 170mm with grease nipple\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, side and driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 150mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate you want to adjust after hanging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003eAdjustable barrel hinge 170mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Stand the gate in the opening on packers with an even gap at the hinge side. Put the two halves of each hinge together, pin end down, and hold the barrel in the corner between the gate stile and the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, then tack the bottom halves to the post and the top halves to the gate. Lift the gate off to check it swings freely, then weld out fully. Keep weld spatter out of the joint, let it cool, and add a few drops of oil through the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint the barrel with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint. Oil through the hole twice a year so the gate stays quiet and does not wear the pin. If the gate drops over the years, a hardened washer between the halves lifts it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge in two halves. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt it on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made to be welded. For a bolt-on fixing see our adjustable gate hinges with back plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe half with the pin goes at the bottom, on the post. The gate half drops over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is bright bare steel, so paint it with the gate after welding. The rubbing faces stay oiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on both left and right hand gates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the same either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58010836599171,"sku":"SSHF-995011-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/machined-bullet-hinge-150mm-welded-on-gate.jpg?v=1794013376"},{"product_id":"premium-spring-hinge-for-40mm-gates","title":"Self-Closing Spring Hinge Set for 40mm Box Section Gates, 130mm Bolt, 75kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hidden self-closing hinge set for gates built from 40mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each slim spring body slides into the end of the gate's 40 x 40mm hanging stile, one at the top and one at the bottom, so the closing mechanism is out of sight. A stainless cranked M12 hinge bolt, 130mm long, comes out of each end and passes through the post, where nuts either side set the gap. The springs swing the gate shut by themselves, and the tension adjusts with a 3mm Allen key. Reversible for left or right hand gates and rated for gates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg. The price is for one set: a top and a bottom unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-130mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the spring hinge set for 40mm box section: 143mm spring body 34 x 34mm, M12 hinge bolt 130mm through the post\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-closing and out of sight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The springs live inside the gate stile, so the gate closes itself without a visible closer arm or spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3mm Allen key sets how firmly the gate closes, from a gentle swing to a positive latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 130mm bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e Suits standard posts with a neat, short projection; choose the 150mm version for wider posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEither hand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same set fits left and right hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchool, nursery and playground gates, pool fence gates, pedestrian gates in mesh and bar fencing, and garden and side gates made from 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne set: a top unit and a bottom unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo spring bodies, two cranked M12 hinge bolts with nuts and washers, two caps, Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e143mm long, 34 x 34mm, slides into the gate stile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12, 130mm, stainless finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate stile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section, wall up to 2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1300mm wide and 75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable with a 3mm Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.10 kg the set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich spring hinge set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, 130mm bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, longer 150mm bolt for wider posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-spring-hinge-40mm-box-section\"\u003eSpring hinge set, 150mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA screw-on self-closing hinge for any frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for tube-and-clamp railings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge sets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the gate stile is 40 x 40mm with a wall no thicker than 2mm and open at both ends. Drill the post for the hinge bolts at the top and bottom of the stile. Slide a spring body into each end of the stile, fit the hinge bolts through the post with a nut and washer each side, and hang the gate. Set the gap with the nuts, then use the Allen key to set the spring tension so the gate closes fully, and fit the caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the nuts are tight and the gate still closes fully each spring. Re-tension the springs if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One set has a top unit and a bottom unit, enough to hang one gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly gates whose hanging stile is 40 x 40mm box section with a wall up to 2mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The set is reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995694408067,"sku":"SSHF-885699-01","price":113.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-130mm-on-school-gate.jpg?v=1794055339"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-spring-hinge-40mm-box-section","title":"Self-Closing Spring Hinge Set for 40mm Box Section Gates, 150mm Bolt, 75kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hidden self-closing hinge set for gates built from 40mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each slim spring body slides into the end of the gate's 40 x 40mm hanging stile, one at the top and one at the bottom, so the closing mechanism is out of sight. A stainless cranked M12 hinge bolt, 150mm long, comes out of each end and passes through the post, where nuts either side set the gap. The springs swing the gate shut by themselves, and the tension adjusts with a 3mm Allen key. Reversible for left or right hand gates and rated for gates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg. The price is for one set: a top and a bottom unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-150mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the spring hinge set for 40mm box section: 143mm spring body 34 x 34mm, M12 hinge bolt 150mm through the post\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-closing and out of sight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The springs live inside the gate stile, so the gate closes itself without a visible closer arm or spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3mm Allen key sets how firmly the gate closes, from a gentle swing to a positive latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong 150mm bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reaches through wider posts and leaves more thread for setting the gap than the 130mm version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEither hand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same set fits left and right hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchool, nursery and playground gates, pool fence gates, pedestrian gates in mesh and bar fencing, and garden and side gates made from 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne set: a top unit and a bottom unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo spring bodies, two cranked M12 hinge bolts with nuts and washers, two caps, Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e143mm long, 34 x 34mm, slides into the gate stile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12, 150mm, stainless finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate stile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section, wall up to 2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1300mm wide and 75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable with a 3mm Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.13 kg the set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich spring hinge set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, longer 150mm bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, 130mm bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-spring-hinge-for-40mm-gates\"\u003eSpring hinge set, 130mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA screw-on self-closing hinge for any frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for tube-and-clamp railings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge sets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the gate stile is 40 x 40mm with a wall no thicker than 2mm and open at both ends. Drill the post for the hinge bolts at the top and bottom of the stile. Slide a spring body into each end of the stile, fit the hinge bolts through the post with a nut and washer each side, and hang the gate. Set the gap with the nuts, then use the Allen key to set the spring tension so the gate closes fully, and fit the caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the nuts are tight and the gate still closes fully each spring. Re-tension the springs if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One set has a top unit and a bottom unit, enough to hang one gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly gates whose hanging stile is 40 x 40mm box section with a wall up to 2mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The set is reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995656069507,"sku":"SSHF-670979-01","price":119.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-150mm-on-school-gate.jpg?v=1794055313"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-3d-hinge-for-gates","title":"Concealed 3D Adjustable Gate Hinge for Square Tube Profiles, Ball Bearing, 160kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy-duty concealed hinge for modern gates and doors made from square or rectangular tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ball-bearing hinge body sits in the gap between post and gate, while its slotted leg plates fix inside the post profile and a compact bracket fixes to the gate profile, so almost nothing shows from the outside. It adjusts in three directions after hanging, opens to about 105 degrees and carries gates and doors up to 160kg. Fixing is with M8 screws, counter plates and rivet nuts, with no welding. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/concealed-3d-adjustable-gate-hinge-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the concealed 3D adjustable gate hinge: 153mm overall, 45 x 28mm slotted leg plates, 50 x 35mm body 30mm deep, 50 x 25mm gate bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hinge hides in the joint between post and gate, so contemporary slatted and panel gates keep their clean lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts three ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the gate up or down, in or out and side to side after hanging to get even gaps and a gate that closes sweetly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong ball-bearing pivot.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for gates and doors up to 160kg and suitable for security and fire doors as well as gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e M8 screws into rivet nuts and counter plates fix it into the tube profiles, keeping powder-coated finishes intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern aluminium and steel slatted gates, pedestrian and side gates in tube frames, security and fire doors in box-section frames, plant room and bin store doors, and anywhere a visible hinge would spoil the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge with fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinge body with leg plates, gate bracket, counter plates, rivet nuts and M8 screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm high, 35mm wide, 30mm deep, ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 28mm, slotted 12 x 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 25mm, 4mm steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 105 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree directions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates and doors up to 160kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack body, zinc-plated plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.56 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge hidden in the gap between tube post and gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA neat bolt-on hinge that opens 180 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-compact-surface-mounted-hinge\"\u003eCompact 180 degree surface-mounted hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge that closes the gate by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA weld-on 4-way adjustable hinge for steel gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16-110mm\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two or three hinges per gate or door depending on its height and weight. Mark the positions on the post and gate profiles, drill and set the rivet nuts, and fix the leg plates inside the post profile with the M8 screws and counter plates. Fix the brackets to the gate profile, hang the gate on the hinge bodies, then use the three adjusters to set the height, the gap and the side-to-side position before tightening everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the screws are tight each spring. The ball bearings need no routine greasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge with its fixings. Most gates need two, taller or heavier ones three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It fixes with M8 screws, rivet nuts and counter plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow far does it open?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 105 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for square and rectangular tube profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57988059169155,"sku":"SSHF-479811-01","price":72.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/concealed-3d-adjustable-gate-hinge-on-slatted-gate.jpg?v=1794055072"},{"product_id":"galvanised-gate-hanging-pin","title":"Estate Fencing Gate Hanging Pin, Galvanised, Clamp-On Bracket, Adjustable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA galvanised hanging pin for hanging an estate fencing gate from a standard estate fence post, with no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hot-dip galvanised channel bracket clamps onto the fence upright with two bolts. Its two cheek plates hold the eye of a long threaded pin on a bolt, and the pin passes through the gate's hanging stile and locks with a nut each side. Turn the nuts to set the gap and bring the gate level, then lock them. The price is for one pin; each gate needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/estate-fencing-gate-hanging-pin-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the estate fencing gate hanging pin: 140mm overall, 17mm threaded pin 100mm to the eye, 60 x 70mm channel bracket with a 42mm channel and 50mm cheek plates\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hanging pin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket clamps to the fence upright and the pin bolts through the gate, so a gate can be hung in the field with spanners alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the nuts along the 100mm of thread to set the gap to the post and level the gate, and re-set it if the post settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFully galvanised.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanised to match galvanised estate fencing and stand up to years outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatches estate fencing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 42mm channel suits the flat-bar uprights used in estate and parkland railings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstate and parkland fencing, field and paddock gates in estate railings, country house drives, park and churchyard railings, and replacing worn gate hangers on existing estate fencing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hanging pin; two hang one gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm threaded pin, 100mm from the end to the eye, two hex nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 70mm, 16mm deep, 42mm channel, two clamp bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCheek plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm high, pivot bolt through the eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, hot-dip galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.04 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo hang a gate from estate fencing uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hanging pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA heavy-duty hinge for a timber field gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-220-x-100mm\"\u003eField gate hinge, 220 x 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA long-thread hinge that bolts through a thick post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread adjustable hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA weld-on adjustable hinge for steel gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge\"\u003eAdjustable weld-on gate hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two pins per gate, one near the top rail and one near the bottom rail. Clamp the brackets onto the fence upright at the right heights with the cheek plates facing the gate. Drill the gate's hanging stile to take the pins, pass each pin through with a nut either side, and stand the gate on packers. Fit the eyes between the cheek plates with the pivot bolts, then run the nuts in or out until the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them hard against the stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pivot bolts once a year and check the clamp bolts and lock nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hanging pin with its bracket and nuts. Each gate needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bracket clamps to the post and the pin bolts through the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my estate fencing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bracket channel is 42mm wide, which suits standard flat-bar estate fence uprights. Check your upright before ordering, or call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side of the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57982564663683,"sku":"SSHF-027651-01","price":24.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/estate-fencing-gate-hanging-pin-on-parkland-gate.jpg?v=1794054864"},{"product_id":"premium-180-spring-hinge","title":"Self-Closing Spring Gate Hinge, 180 Degree, Adjustable Force, Screw-On, Black, Gates to 60kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA self-closing spring hinge that swings a light gate shut on its own, from as far as 180 degrees open.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tough black glass-fibre reinforced housing screws straight onto the faces of the post and gate frame with self-drilling screws, so there is no welding. Set the closing force anywhere from 2 to 7 Nm to suit the gate, and fine-tune the fit with 20mm of height and 20mm of width adjustment after hanging. It works on left and right hand gates and is rated for gates up to 60kg and 1100mm wide. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/self-closing-spring-gate-hinge-180-black-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 180 degree self-closing spring gate hinge: 142mm high, 117mm wide, 52.5mm deep, 20mm height and width adjustment\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCloses the gate every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in spring pulls the gate shut from any angle up to 180 degrees, so pool, garden and play area gates are never left open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable closing force.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set 2 to 7 Nm at the closed position for a gentle or firm close, while the gate still opens with no more than 10 Nm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrews on in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-drilling screws go straight into steel or aluminium frames; no welding, drilling templates or bolts through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to last outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-fibre reinforced housing that will not rust, tested to 500,000 opening cycles and rated from -30 to +60°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwimming pool safety fence gates, garden and side gates, playground and nursery gates, dog and pet enclosures, and any light pedestrian gate that should close itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge with self-drilling screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142mm high, 117mm wide, 52.5mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing from up to 180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosing force\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, 2 to 7 Nm at the closed position; opens with a maximum of 10 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm height and 20mm width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 60kg and 1100mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDurability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTested to 500,000 cycles, -30 to +60°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-fibre reinforced polyamide, black (RAL 9005)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.04 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA self-closing hinge for light gates up to 60kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA plain compact bolt-on hinge, not self-closing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-compact-surface-mounted-hinge\"\u003eCompact 180 degree surface-mounted hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for tube-and-clamp railings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge sets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge and hydraulic closer for heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand the gate in place on packers with an even gap to the post. Hold the hinge flat across the post and the gate frame and fix it with the self-drilling screws. For taller gates fit a second hinge or a plain hinge lower down. Take the packers out, use the adjusters to set the height and gap, then set the closing force so the gate shuts fully without slamming, and clip the covers on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo greasing needed. Check the screws are tight and the gate still closes fully each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge with its screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it shut a pool gate by itself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Set the closing force high enough for the gate to close and latch from any open position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It fixes with self-drilling screws into steel or aluminium frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It fits left and right turning gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates up to 60kg and 1100mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57980040872323,"sku":"SSHF-296387-01","price":126.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/self-closing-spring-gate-hinge-180-black-on-pool-gate.jpg?v=1794054655"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16-110mm","title":"4-Way Adjustable Gate Hinge with M16 Eyebolt, Weld-On, Zinc Plated, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 4-way adjustable gate hinge with an M16 eyebolt, rated for gates up to 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A U-shaped grip welds to the post and holds the eye of a zinc-plated M16 eyebolt. The bolt passes through a slotted ear plate that screws to a groove plate welded on the gate. After hanging you can move the gate in and out, sideways along a 40mm slot, and up or down, and the same hinge works on left or right hand gates. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-300kg-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 4-way adjustable gate hinge: M16 eyebolt 120mm from pivot to bolt end, 35mm grip, 112 x 50mm slotted ear plate, 68mm groove plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts four ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e In and out on the eyebolt nuts, sideways along the slot in the ear plate, up and down in the groove plate, and left or right hand. Set the gate perfectly after hanging and correct it later if the post moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M16 eyebolt and 35mm grip carry pedestrian, side and single driveway gates up to 300kg on two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo left or right hand to stock.\u003c\/strong\u003e One hinge suits both hands of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian, garden and side gates, school and playground gates, and mesh panel gates in box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped grip, M16 eyebolt with hex head, nuts and washers, slotted ear plate, groove plate and clamp plate, screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEyebolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, zinc plated, 120mm from pivot to bolt end, 87mm to the ear plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm wide, 35mm high, 30mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112mm long, 50mm high, 40mm slot, zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroove plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68mm high, 38mm wide, for gate stiles 40mm and over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 4-way hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 300kg, M16 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 200kg, M16 eyebolt, 180 degree opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16, 180 degree\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 400kg, M20 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo welding at all, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree adjustable hinges, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf. Weld the grips to the post and the groove plates to the gate stile, one pair near the top and one near the bottom. Fit the eyebolts in the grips, pass them through the slotted ear plates with a nut and washer either side, and screw the ear plates to the groove plates. Stand the gate on packers, set the height in the groove plates, the sideways position in the slots and the gap with the nuts, then tighten everything. Grind the plating off where you weld and paint the welds afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the eye and check the nuts and screws each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne complete hinge. The minimum order is 6; most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The same hinge suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the grip welds to the post and the groove plate welds to the gate. For a no-weld fixing choose the bolt-on hinge pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57942492447107,"sku":"SSHF-488259-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-300kg-on-mesh-gate.jpg?v=1794054419"},{"product_id":"premium-compact-surface-mounted-hinge","title":"Compact Surface-Mounted Gate Hinge, 180 Degree, Adjustable, Black, Gates to 60kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat, compact bolt-on hinge for aluminium and light residential gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two smooth black powder-coated aluminium housings bolt flat onto the faces of the post and the gate frame, joined by a barrel turning on a stainless steel axle. The gate swings a full 180 degrees, and once it is hung you can move it 20mm up or down and 15mm in or out to get the gaps right. No welding, no drilling right through the post. Rated for gates up to 1m wide and 60kg. The price is for one hinge; most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/compact-surface-gate-hinge-180-black-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the compact surface-mounted gate hinge: 107mm long, 60mm high, 19mm deep, opens through 180 degrees, 20mm height and 15mm width adjustment\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens right back.\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 degrees of swing lets the gate fold flat against the fence or wall, so it never blocks a path or drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm of height and 15mm of width adjustment take out uneven gaps and a gate that has settled, without taking it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean, low profile look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plain black housings stand just 19mm off the frame and suit modern slatted, pool and garden gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium housings and a stainless steel axle will not rust in rain, sea air or pool spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium slatted and louvred garden gates, pool fence gates, side and pedestrian gates, light steel gates, and bin store and garden enclosure doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e107mm long, 60mm high, 19mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm height, 15mm width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1m wide and 60kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-fix bolts into the face of the post and gate frame, no welding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium housings powder coated black (RAL 9005), stainless steel axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact bolt-on hinge for light gates up to 60kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA self-closing spring hinge for a pool or garden gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable bolt-on hinges for heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003e180 degree adjustable hinge pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA heavy-duty 180 degree hinge with bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-180-hinge-1\"\u003eDouble bearing 180 degree hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate, one near the top and one near the bottom. Stand the gate in place on packers with an even gap to the post. Hold each hinge flat across the post and gate frame with its larger housing on the post, mark and drill the fixing holes, and fix with the quick-fix bolts. Take the packers out, then use the adjusters to set the gate level and the gaps even before fitting the covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo greasing needed. Check the fixings are tight each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge. Most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both housings bolt onto the faces of the post and the gate frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It fits left and right opening gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it close the gate by itself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a plain hinge. For a self-closing gate choose a spring hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it carry a heavy steel gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is for gates up to 1m wide and 60kg. For heavier gates use one of the adjustable hinges above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57896491712899,"sku":"SSHF-036931-01","price":39.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/compact-surface-gate-hinge-180-black-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794053628"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-flag-hinge-20mm-x-200mm","title":"Weld-On Flag Hinge 200mm, 19mm Knuckle, 13.5mm Lift-Off Pin, for Tall Steel Doors and Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe long weld-on hinge for tall steel doors and gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 200mm flag hinge has two 19mm steel knuckles on a loose 13.5mm pin, each with a flat leaf (\"flag\") along one side. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate swings on the pin. Pull the pin and the gate lifts off for painting or repair. Bright steel, rated for up to 300kg on a pair. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-20mm-200mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 200mm flag hinge: two 98mm knuckles 19mm across, 27mm across knuckle and leaf, 13.5mm pin, 204mm overall, with the three-size table\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a flag hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat leaves weld easily.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf on each knuckle sits flat on box section or flat bar, giving a long, strong weld instead of a round barrel tacked on its edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off with a loose pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Knock the pin out and the gate or door comes off. Leave it in and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slim knuckles that disappear into the gate line once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong knuckles.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each 98mm knuckle gives a long weld run on the leaf, which keeps tall, heavy doors from racking. Rated for 300kg on a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel doors on plant rooms, substations, workshops and stores, tall side and yard gates, container and shed doors, trailer tailboards and heavy machinery guards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two knuckles, pin and washer), minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e204mm with the pin head, two knuckles of 98mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnuckle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcross knuckle and leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27mm, leaf 8mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5mm, loose, with head and washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright mild steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.49 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich flag hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall doors, hatches and light gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-12mm-diameter\"\u003e80mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden gates, side gates and steel doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter\"\u003e120mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTall doors and long gate stiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 200mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round barrel hinge instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003e150mm machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per door or gate leaf, three on very tall doors, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge with its pin and washer, then hold it in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, tack the leaves, swing the gate to check, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint between the knuckles. Let it cool, oil the pin and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of oil at the joint twice a year keeps the hinge quiet and stops the pin wearing. Paint the knuckles with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both knuckles, pin and washer. The minimum order is 6, enough for three doors or gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a flag hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA barrel hinge with a flat leaf, or flag, on each knuckle, so each half welds flat to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take the gate off later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Drive the pin out and lift the gate away. Put the pin back to rehang it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn it over and it works either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885418914179,"sku":"SSHF-609475-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-20mm-200mm-welded-on-steel-door.jpg?v=1794016237"},{"product_id":"premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter","title":"Weld-On Flag Gate Hinge 120mm, 15mm Knuckle, 10mm Lift-Off Pin, 350kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim, strong weld-on hinge for steel gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 120mm flag hinge has two 15mm steel knuckles on a loose 10mm pin, each with a flat leaf (\"flag\") along one side. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate swings on the pin. Pull the pin and the gate lifts off for painting or repair. Bright steel, rated for gates up to 350kg on a pair. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-16mm-120mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 120mm flag hinge: two 56mm knuckles 15mm across, 21mm across knuckle and leaf, 10mm pin, 122mm overall, with the three-size table\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a flag hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat leaves weld easily.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf on each knuckle sits flat on box section or flat bar, giving a long, strong weld instead of a round barrel tacked on its edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off with a loose pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Knock the pin out and the gate or door comes off. Leave it in and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slim knuckles that disappear into the gate line once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 350kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair hangs garden gates, side gates, steel doors and hatches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, railing gates, steel doors on bin stores, plant rooms and sheds, trailer gates and tailboards, cages, kennels and machinery guards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two knuckles, pin and washer), minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e122mm with the pin head, two knuckles of 56mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnuckle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcross knuckle and leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm, leaf 6mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm, loose, with head and washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 350kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright mild steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich flag hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall doors, hatches and light gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-12mm-diameter\"\u003e80mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden gates, side gates and steel doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 120mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTall doors and long gate stiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-20mm-x-200mm\"\u003e200mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round barrel hinge instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003e150mm machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf or door, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge with its pin and washer, then hold it in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, tack the leaves, swing the gate to check, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint between the knuckles. Let it cool, oil the pin and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of oil at the joint twice a year keeps the hinge quiet and stops the pin wearing. Paint the knuckles with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both knuckles, pin and washer. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates or doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a flag hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA barrel hinge with a flat leaf, or flag, on each knuckle, so each half welds flat to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take the gate off later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Drive the pin out and lift the gate away. Put the pin back to rehang it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn it over and it works either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885339746691,"sku":"SSHF-642243-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-16mm-120mm-welded-on-gate.jpg?v=1794015935"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-flag-hinge-12mm-diameter","title":"Weld-On Flag Hinge 80mm, 12mm Knuckle, 8mm Lift-Off Pin, for Steel Doors and Hatches","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small, neat weld-on hinge for light steel doors, hatches and gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 80mm flag hinge has two 12mm steel knuckles on a loose 8mm pin, each with a flat leaf (\"flag\") along one side. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate swings on the pin. Pull the pin and the gate lifts off for painting or repair. Bright steel, rated for up to 200kg on a pair. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-12mm-80mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 80mm flag hinge: two 36mm knuckles 12mm across, 16mm across knuckle and leaf, 8mm pin, 78mm overall, with the three-size table\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a flag hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat leaves weld easily.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf on each knuckle sits flat on box section or flat bar, giving a long, strong weld instead of a round barrel tacked on its edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off with a loose pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Knock the pin out and the gate or door comes off. Leave it in and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slim knuckles that disappear into the gate line once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall but strong.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair is rated for 200kg, plenty for cabinet doors, hatches, lids and light gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBin store and meter box doors, steel hatches and lids, cabinet and enclosure doors, machinery guards, cages and kennels, trailer lockers and light ornamental gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two knuckles, pin and washer), minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78mm with the pin head, two knuckles of 36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnuckle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcross knuckle and leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm, leaf 4mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm, loose, with head and washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright mild steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.07 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich flag hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall doors, hatches and light gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 80mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden gates, side gates and steel doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter\"\u003e120mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTall doors and long gate stiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-20mm-x-200mm\"\u003e200mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round barrel hinge instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm\"\u003e110mm machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per door, lid or gate, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge with its pin and washer, then hold it in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, tack the leaves, swing the gate to check, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint between the knuckles. Let it cool, oil the pin and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of oil at the joint twice a year keeps the hinge quiet and stops the pin wearing. Paint the knuckles with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both knuckles, pin and washer. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates or doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a flag hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA barrel hinge with a flat leaf, or flag, on each knuckle, so each half welds flat to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take the gate off later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Drive the pin out and lift the gate away. Put the pin back to rehang it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn it over and it works either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885313630595,"sku":"SSHF-806083-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-12mm-80mm-welded-on-steel-door.jpg?v=1794016085"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M20 on 100 x 100mm Bolt-On Plate, 30mm Pin, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge that bolts to the post or wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 100mm zinc plate fixes to the post, pier or wall with four bolts. A thick M20 threaded bar runs through it, locked by a nut each side, and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 30mm round hinge pin on the gate. Move the nuts along the bar to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-100mm-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 wrap-around gate hinge: 130mm overall, 65mm thread, strap for a 30mm pin, 100mm square plate with 4 holes at 75mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding at the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate bolts on, so it suits brick and stone piers, concrete posts, timber posts and walls as well as steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two nuts on a 65mm thread let you move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 30mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and yard gates hung on brick piers, concrete or steel posts, farm and industrial gates, and gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack plate with M20 threaded bar and two nuts, cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm, 4mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 75mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm, strap to plate face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 30mm round pin (31mm inside), 42mm outside, 58mm long, 35mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt to a post or wall, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld a nut to a steel post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates through a post, 35mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 30mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Mark the plate holes on the post in a vertical line and fix each plate with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws to suit the post. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin and fit the clamp bolt. Set the nuts on the bar so the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten both nuts hard against the plate and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 30mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need for the plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws suited to your post or wall. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881936724355,"sku":"SSHF-769859-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-100mm-plate-on-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794018272"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-gate-pivot-24mm-diameter","title":"Cranked Gate Pivot, 23mm Shank, with Square Base Cup, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier cranked bottom pivot with its own base cup, for hanging steel gates on the ground instead of on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc-plated pivot is a 23mm round pin with a rounded nose, cranked at the top into a flat bar end that welds to the bottom of the gate's hanging stile. The nose turns in the cup of a solid 59mm square base block 20mm thick that you set in concrete or weld to a plate. The gate's weight goes into the ground, so the post only has to hold the top of the gate. Use with a top hinge. Rated for gates up to 500kg. The price is for one pivot and base, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-23mm-base-cup-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 23mm cranked gate pivot: 90mm high, 23mm shank, 36 x 12mm flat top, 59 x 59 x 20mm base block with 25mm cup\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this pivot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight goes to the ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate stands on the pivot, so heavy gates do not drag the post over and the top hinge only keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe crank clears the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The offset puts the pivot point in line with the top hinge while the flat end welds neatly to the side of the stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple and solid.\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid steel pin turning in a solid steel cup, with nothing to wear out but the grease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thicker pin, wider weld face and deeper cup for heavier driveway and yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden, pedestrian and driveway gates, gates on weak or masonry posts, and replacing worn bottom hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pivot with its base block, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm high; 23mm round shank, 40mm straight; 12mm rounded nose; flat top 36 x 12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 x 59 x 20mm with a 25mm cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.81 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bottom pivot?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg, 20mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-gate-pivot-20mm-diameter\"\u003e20mm cranked gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, 23mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bearing pivot on a bolt-down plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-diameter\"\u003e60mm rotating gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the base block in a small concrete pad under the hanging corner of the gate, cup upwards and level, directly below where the top hinge will be. Let it cure. Grease the cup, stand the pivot in it, prop the gate upright and weld the flat top to the bottom of the hanging stile. Fit the top hinge, check the swing and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cup greased and clear of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one pivot with its base block. The minimum order is 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a top hinge as well?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The pivot carries the weight; a top hinge keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. Turn it to suit either hand of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881288212867,"sku":"SSHF-375491-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-23mm-base-cup-under-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794052047"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-gate-pivot-20mm-diameter","title":"Cranked Gate Pivot 20mm with Square Base Cup, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA cranked bottom pivot with its own base cup, for hanging steel gates on the ground instead of on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc-plated pivot is a 20mm round pin with a rounded nose, cranked at the top into a flat bar end that welds to the bottom of the gate's hanging stile. The nose turns in the cup of a solid 59mm square base block that you set in concrete or weld to a plate. The gate's weight goes into the ground, so the post only has to hold the top of the gate. Use with a top hinge. Rated for gates up to 400kg. The price is for one pivot and base, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-20mm-base-cup-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 20mm cranked gate pivot: 85mm high, 20mm shank, 28 x 11mm flat top, 59 x 59 x 19mm base block with 20mm cup\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this pivot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight goes to the ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate stands on the pivot, so heavy gates do not drag the post over and the top hinge only keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe crank clears the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The offset puts the pivot point in line with the top hinge while the flat end welds neatly to the side of the stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple and solid.\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid steel pin turning in a solid steel cup, with nothing to wear out but the grease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Suits driveway, garden and pedestrian gates on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden, pedestrian and driveway gates, gates on weak or masonry posts, and replacing worn bottom hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pivot with its base block, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm high; 20mm round shank, 45mm straight; 8mm rounded nose; flat top 28 x 11mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 x 59 x 19mm with a 20mm cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.59 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bottom pivot?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg, 20mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, 23mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-gate-pivot-24mm-diameter\"\u003e23mm cranked gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bearing pivot on a bolt-down plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-diameter\"\u003e60mm rotating gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the base block in a small concrete pad under the hanging corner of the gate, cup upwards and level, directly below where the top hinge will be. Let it cure. Grease the cup, stand the pivot in it, prop the gate upright and weld the flat top to the bottom of the hanging stile. Fit the top hinge, check the swing and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cup greased and clear of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one pivot with its base block. The minimum order is 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a top hinge as well?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The pivot carries the weight; a top hinge keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. Turn it to suit either hand of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57880293409155,"sku":"SSHF-572099-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-20mm-base-cup-under-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794051872"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M30 with Jointed Plate, for 40mm Pin, Gates to 1000kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest adjustable wrap-around gate hinge in the range, with a jointed plate, for very heavy steel gates on round or square steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M30 threaded bar ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 40mm round hinge pin on the gate. At the post end, a 64mm round jointed plate and hex nut fix the bar to the post; the jointed plate lets the bar sit square even where the post face is round or not quite true. Move the nut along the 94mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 1000kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-jointed-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M30 wrap-around gate hinge with jointed plate: 170mm overall, 94mm thread, strap for a 40mm pin, 64mm plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuits round posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed plate seats against curved and uneven post faces, so the bar pulls up square without packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nut along the 94mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 40mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 1000kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A massive M30 bar and 40mm pin: two hinges carry wide security gates, industrial and estate gates and solid-clad gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy industrial and security gates, wide estate and driveway gates, solid-clad and acoustic gates, and large gates on heavy round or square posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, 64mm jointed plate with hex nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJointed plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm round, 5mm thick, 32mm long with the nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30, 94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 40mm round pin, 52mm outside, 75mm long, 45mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1000kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld a nut to a steel post, 40mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 40mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. On a steel post you can weld the jointed plate flat to the post face, with the bar screwed through its nut. Or drill a 31 to 32mm hole through the post, pass the bar through and fit the jointed plate and nut on the far face, with a second M30 nut and washer (not supplied) on the near face to lock it. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted, set the gate level with an even gap, tighten everything hard and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 40mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jointed plate is made to sit square on round tube and uneven faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 1000kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1000kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878214672771,"sku":"SSHF-075971-01","price":42.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-jointed-plate-fitted-industrial-gate.jpg?v=1794050399"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M24 with Jointed Plate, for 35mm Pin, Gates to 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a jointed plate, for heavier steel gates on round or square steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M24 threaded bar ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 35mm round hinge pin on the gate. At the post end, a 56mm round jointed plate and hex nut fix the bar to the post; the jointed plate lets the bar sit square even where the post face is round or not quite true. Move the nut along the 80mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 wrap-around gate hinge with jointed plate: 152mm overall, 80mm thread, strap for a 35mm pin, 56mm plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuits round posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed plate seats against curved and uneven post faces, so the bar pulls up square without packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nut along the 80mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 35mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thicker M24 bar and 35mm pin: two hinges carry wide driveway gates, estate gates and heavy yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWide steel driveway and estate gates, heavy yard and farm gates, sports and park gates on round tube posts, and replacement hinges on existing heavy gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, 56mm jointed plate with hex nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJointed plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm round, 5mm thick, 25mm long with the nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 35mm round pin, 46mm outside, 65mm long, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.04 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld a nut to a steel post, 35mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 35mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. On a steel post you can weld the jointed plate flat to the post face, with the bar screwed through its nut. Or drill a 25 to 26mm hole through the post, pass the bar through and fit the jointed plate and nut on the far face, with a second M24 nut and washer (not supplied) on the near face to lock it. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted, set the gate level with an even gap, tighten everything hard and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 35mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jointed plate is made to sit square on round tube and uneven faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 700kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 700kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878147891587,"sku":"SSHF-141507-01","price":39.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plate-fitted-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794050222"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M20 with Jointed Plate, for 30mm Pin, Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a jointed plate, for steel gates on round or square steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M20 threaded bar ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 30mm round hinge pin on the gate. At the post end, a 50mm round jointed plate and hex nut fix the bar to the post; the jointed plate lets the bar sit square even where the post face is round or not quite true. Move the nut along the 70mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 wrap-around gate hinge with jointed plate: 130mm overall, 70mm thread, strap for a 30mm pin, 50mm plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuits round posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed plate seats against curved and uneven post faces, so the bar pulls up square without packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nut along the 70mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 30mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, sports and school gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel mesh and bar gates on round tube posts, sports ground, school and park gates, driveway and yard gates on box section posts, and replacement hinges on existing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, 50mm jointed plate with hex nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJointed plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm round, 4mm thick, 21mm long with the nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 30mm round pin, 42mm outside, 57mm long, 34mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld a nut to a steel post, 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt to a brick pier or wall, 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with 100mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 30mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. On a steel post you can weld the jointed plate flat to the post face, with the bar screwed through its nut. Or drill a 21 to 22mm hole through the post, pass the bar through and fit the jointed plate and nut on the far face, with a second M20 nut and washer (not supplied) on the near face to lock it. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted, set the gate level with an even gap, tighten everything hard and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 30mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jointed plate is made to sit square on round tube and uneven faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877998436739,"sku":"SSHF-927939-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plate-fitted-school-gate.jpg?v=1794050040"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M24 with Weld-On Nut, for 35mm Pin, Gates to 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy duty adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a weld-on nut, for heavier steel gates on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round flanged nut welds to the face of the steel post. A thick M24 threaded bar screws into it and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 35mm round hinge pin on the gate. Screw the bar in or out to bring the gate in or out and level it, lock it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-weld-on-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 wrap-around gate hinge with weld-on nut: 152mm overall, 80mm thread, strap for a 35mm pin, 35mm flanged nut\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the small flanged nut is welded to the post, so there is no plate to fit and nothing to drill through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar screws in and out of the nut on an 80mm thread, so you can move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 35mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thicker M24 bar and 35mm pin: two hinges carry wide driveway gates, estate gates and heavy yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWide steel driveway and estate gates, heavy yard and farm gates, industrial gates on box section posts, and gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, flanged weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 35mm flange 5mm thick, 28mm body, 24mm long overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 35mm round pin, 46mm outside, 65mm long, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.93 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 35mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Screw each bar into its nut, stand the gate on packers in the opening and wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted. Hold the nuts flat against the post in a vertical line, tack weld them, check the swing, then weld right round. Set the bars so the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them. Paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 35mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the nut must be welded to steel. For brick, stone or timber choose the version with a bolt-on back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 700kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 700kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877952561539,"sku":"SSHF-335811-01","price":37.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-weld-on-nut-fitted-estate-gate.jpg?v=1794049685"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M30 with Weld-On Nut, for 40mm Pin, Gates to 1000kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest adjustable wrap-around gate hinge in the range, with a weld-on nut, for very heavy steel gates on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round flanged nut welds to the face of the steel post. A thick M30 threaded bar screws into it and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 40mm round hinge pin on the gate. Screw the bar in or out to bring the gate in or out and level it, lock it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 1000kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-weld-on-nut-dimensions.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M30 wrap-around gate hinge with weld-on nut: 170mm overall, 94mm thread, strap for a 40mm pin, 44mm flanged nut\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the small flanged nut is welded to the post, so there is no plate to fit and nothing to drill through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar screws in and out of the nut on a 94mm thread, so you can move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 40mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 1000kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A massive M30 bar and 40mm pin: two hinges carry wide security gates, industrial and estate gates and solid-clad gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy industrial and security gates, wide estate and driveway gates, solid-clad and acoustic gates, and large farm gates on heavy steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, flanged weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30, 44mm flange 9mm thick, 37mm body, 32mm long overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30, 94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 40mm round pin, 52mm outside, 75mm long, 45mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1000kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 40mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Screw each bar into its nut, stand the gate on packers in the opening and wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted. Hold the nuts flat against the post in a vertical line, tack weld them, check the swing, then weld right round. Set the bars so the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them. Paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 40mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the nut must be welded to steel. For brick, stone or timber choose the version with a bolt-on back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 1000kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1000kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877904523651,"sku":"SSHF-532419-01","price":41.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-weld-on-nut-fitted-industrial-gate.jpg?v=1794049506"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M20 with Weld-On Nut, for 30mm Pin, Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a weld-on nut, for steel gates on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round flanged nut welds to the face of the steel post. A thick M20 threaded bar screws into it and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 30mm round hinge pin on the gate. Screw the bar in or out to bring the gate in or out and level it, lock it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-weld-on-nut-dimensions.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 wrap-around gate hinge with weld-on nut: 130mm overall, 70mm thread, strap for a 30mm pin, 35mm flanged nut\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the small flanged nut is welded to the post, so there is no plate to fit and nothing to drill through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar screws in and out of the nut on a 70mm thread, so you can move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 30mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and yard gates on box section or tube posts, farm and industrial gates, and gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, flanged weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 35mm flange 6mm thick, 28mm body, 20mm long overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 30mm round pin, 42mm outside, 57mm long, 34mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld a nut to a steel post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt to a post or wall, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with 100mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates, 35mm pin, weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery heavy gates, weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 30mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Screw each bar into its nut, stand the gate on packers in the opening and wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted. Hold the nuts flat against the post in a vertical line, tack weld them, check the swing, then weld right round. Set the bars so the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them. Paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 30mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the nut must be welded to steel. For brick, stone or timber choose the version with a bolt-on back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877875523971,"sku":"SSHF-187779-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-weld-on-nut-fitted-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794049311"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge-m20","title":"316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Weld-On Hinge, M20, Heavy Duty, for Stainless Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavy duty adjustable weld-on hinge in the range, made entirely from 316 marine grade stainless steel, for larger stainless gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A folded stainless U bracket welds to the post and carries a square pivot block on a 14mm stainless pin. An M20 stainless bolt runs from the block into a flanged, threaded boss that welds to the gate. Screw the bolt in or out of the boss to set the gap before welding, and the gate turns smoothly on the pin. Nothing to rust, nothing to paint. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m20-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless adjustable weld-on hinge M20: 40mm U bracket, 14mm pin, 46mm thread, 30mm flanged boss\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll 316 stainless.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket, block, bolt, pin and boss are all marine grade stainless, so the hinge matches your stainless gate and will not rust by the sea, at a pool or in a wash-down area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the gap exactly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M20 bolt screws into the weld-on boss, so you can set the gap between gate and post before welding, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy duty.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 5mm thick bracket, 14mm pin and M20 bolt for wider and heavier stainless gates, driveway gates and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 14mm pin is held by a small stainless screw and can be replaced if it ever wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless driveway and estate gates, wide pedestrian gates, coastal and marina gates, heavy stainless doors and hatches, and gates in food, chemical and marine settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, 14mm pin with retaining screw, pivot block with M20 bolt, threaded weld-on boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel throughout, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm deep, 37mm wide, 28mm tall, 5mm plate; 50mm over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm square, 23mm pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 46mm thread; 86mm overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on boss\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm flange, 6mm thick; 24mm body, 14mm long; threaded M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stainless adjustable hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight stainless gates and doors, M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M12\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium stainless gates, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m16-thread\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier stainless gates, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-on hinge for 42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless hinge for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw the bolt into the boss to give the gap you want. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with the U bracket against the post and the boss flange against the gate stile, and check the pins are in one vertical line. Tack weld with stainless filler, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Clean and passivate the welds to keep them rust-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with fresh water near the sea or a pool. A drop of light oil on the pin keeps it quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I weld it to mild steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for stainless gates. Welding stainless to mild steel needs the right filler and the mild steel must be painted; we recommend stainless posts and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57846836003203,"sku":"SSHF-475459-01","price":32.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m20-welded-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794048898"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge-m16-thread","title":"316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Weld-On Hinge, M16, for Stainless Gates and Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA medium size adjustable weld-on hinge made entirely from 316 marine grade stainless steel, for stainless pedestrian gates, pool gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A folded stainless U bracket welds to the post and carries a square pivot block on an 11mm stainless pin. An M16 stainless bolt runs from the block into a flanged, threaded boss that welds to the gate. Screw the bolt in or out of the boss to set the gap before welding, and the gate turns smoothly on the pin. Nothing to rust, nothing to paint. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m16-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless adjustable weld-on hinge M16: 30mm U bracket, 11mm pin, 48mm thread, 26mm flanged boss\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll 316 stainless.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket, block, bolt, pin and boss are all marine grade stainless, so the hinge matches your stainless gate and will not rust by the sea, at a pool or in a wash-down area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the gap exactly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M16 bolt screws into the weld-on boss, so you can set the gap between gate and post before welding, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStronger M16 bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e A heavier bolt and pin than the M12 size, with 48mm of thread for more adjustment, while still keeping a neat, modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11mm pin is held by a small stainless screw and can be replaced if it ever wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless pedestrian and garden gates, balustrade and handrail gates, swimming pool and spa gates, coastal and marina gates, and stainless doors and hatches in food and marine settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, 11mm pin with retaining screw, pivot block with M16 bolt, threaded weld-on boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel throughout, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm deep, 27mm wide, 25mm tall, 3mm plate; 37mm over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm square, 18mm pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 48mm thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on boss\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm flange, 5mm thick; 20mm body, 15mm long; threaded M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.22 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stainless adjustable hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight stainless gates and doors, M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M12\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium stainless gates, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier stainless gates, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m20\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-on hinge for 42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless hinge for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw the bolt into the boss to give the gap you want. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with the U bracket against the post and the boss flange against the gate stile, and check the pins are in one vertical line. Tack weld with stainless filler, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Clean and passivate the welds to keep them rust-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with fresh water near the sea or a pool. A drop of light oil on the pin keeps it quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I weld it to mild steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for stainless gates. Welding stainless to mild steel needs the right filler and the mild steel must be painted; we recommend stainless posts and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57846720856451,"sku":"SSHF-540995-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m16-welded-pool-gate.jpg?v=1794048736"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge","title":"316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Weld-On Hinge, M12, for Stainless Gates and Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable weld-on hinge made entirely from 316 marine grade stainless steel, for stainless gates, balustrade gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A folded stainless U bracket welds to the post and carries a square pivot block on a 10mm stainless pin. An M12 stainless bolt runs from the block into a flanged, threaded boss that welds to the gate. Screw the bolt in or out of the boss to set the gap before welding, and the gate turns smoothly on the pin. Nothing to rust, nothing to paint. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m12-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless adjustable weld-on hinge M12: 25mm U bracket, 10mm pin, 35mm thread, 24mm flanged boss\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll 316 stainless.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket, block, bolt, pin and boss are all marine grade stainless, so the hinge matches your stainless gate and will not rust by the sea, at a pool or in a wash-down area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the gap exactly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M12 bolt screws into the weld-on boss, so you can set the gap between gate and post before welding, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and small.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only 25mm wide, so it suits slim stainless sections and keeps a clean, modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10mm pin is held by a small stainless screw and can be replaced if it ever wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless pedestrian and garden gates, balustrade and handrail gates, swimming pool and spa gates, coastal and marina gates, and stainless doors and hatches in food and marine settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, 10mm pin with retaining screw, pivot block with M12 bolt, threaded weld-on boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel throughout, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm deep, 25mm tall, 3mm plate; 34mm over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm square, 14mm pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12, 35mm thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on boss\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm flange, 5mm thick; 18mm body, 10mm long; threaded M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.31 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stainless adjustable hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight stainless gates and doors, M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium stainless gates, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m16-thread\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier stainless gates, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m20\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-on hinge for 42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless hinge for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw the bolt into the boss to give the gap you want. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with the U bracket against the post and the boss flange against the gate stile, and check the pins are in one vertical line. Tack weld with stainless filler, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Clean and passivate the welds to keep them rust-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with fresh water near the sea or a pool. A drop of light oil on the pin keeps it quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I weld it to mild steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for stainless gates. Welding stainless to mild steel needs the right filler and the mild steel must be painted; we recommend stainless posts and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57846617702787,"sku":"SSHF-803139-01","price":25.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m12-welded-stainless-gate.jpg?v=1794048580"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm","title":"Adjustable Barrel Hinge M20, 230mm Cranked Pin, Weld-On Barrel, Ball Bearing, for Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable barrel hinge for heavier steel gates that you can set in and out after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black painted M20 threaded bar is cranked at a right angle into a 40mm pin, which drops into a black weld-on barrel with a steel ball bearing inside and a grease nipple underneath. Weld the barrel to the post, pass the threaded arm through a hole in the gate stile and lock it with the nuts and washers supplied. Wind the nuts along the 190mm thread to close up or open the gap and bring the gate square. 230mm overall and rated for gates up to 500kg on a pair. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable barrel hinge: 230mm overall, 190mm thread, 40mm pin, 34mm barrel 75mm tall, 38 x 86mm weld leaf\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long 190mm M20 thread gives plenty of reach for wide gaps and lets you move the gate in or out after it is hung, so you can take up a sagging leaf or a post that has moved without cutting anything off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBall bearing and grease nipple.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pin turns on a steel ball in the barrel, so the gate swings lightly, and you can grease it from underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOnly one part to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e The barrel welds to the post; the gate simply bolts on through a drilled hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts off the barrels when you need to take it down for painting or repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and yard gates, heavy pedestrian and railings gates, gates with a wide gap to the post, and agricultural and service gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCranked threaded pin, weld-on barrel with ball bearing and grease nipple, two nuts and two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 230mm overall, 190mm of thread, 40mm pin, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34mm across, 75mm tall, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm wide, 86mm tall, 9mm thick; 44mm over barrel and leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich barrel hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M20, gates to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M16, lighter gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm\"\u003eM16 adjustable barrel hinge 130mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-120mm\"\u003e120mm barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge for heavy gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003e170mm heavy barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 21 to 22mm hole through the gate stile for each threaded arm. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, fit the pins through the stile with a nut and washer either side, drop the barrels onto the pins and hold them against the post. Check the barrels are in one vertical line, tack them to the post, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Set the gap with the nuts and tighten them hard. Grease through the nipples and paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease through the nipple every six months and check the lock nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich part welds to which?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe barrel welds to the post. The threaded arm bolts through the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845472526723,"sku":"SSHF-466243-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm-fitted-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794048184"},{"product_id":"adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm","title":"Heavy Duty Weld-On Barrel Gate Hinge 170mm with Ball Bearing and Grease Nipple, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy weld-on barrel hinge for big steel gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two thick steel barrels, each with a flat 10mm weld leaf, turn on a solid 21mm pin with a hardened steel ball bearing between the halves, so a heavy gate swings easily and wears slowly. A grease nipple on top keeps it lubricated. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate lifts straight off the pin when needed. 172mm long and rated for gates up to 500kg on a pair. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/heavy-barrel-hinge-170mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 170mm heavy barrel hinge: 172mm overall, 38mm barrels, 78mm and 76mm halves, 21mm pin 45mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBall bearing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The steel ball between the halves takes the gate's weight on a single point, so even a heavy leaf swings lightly and the barrels do not grind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreaseable.\u003c\/strong\u003e A grease nipple on the top barrel lets you keep the pin and bearing lubricated without taking the gate down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat weld leaves.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each barrel has its own 10mm leaf, giving a long, strong weld run on box-section gates and posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair hangs heavy driveway gates, yard gates and solid-infill gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy driveway and estate gates, industrial and yard gates, solid-panel and cladded gates, large steel doors, and agricultural gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two halves, pin and ball bearing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e172mm overall: top half 78mm, bottom half 76mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 to 38mm across, 45mm across barrel and leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm thick, one on each half\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm across, 45mm long, fixed in the bottom half\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel ball between the halves, grease nipple on top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich weld-on hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter\"\u003e120mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium gates, neat round barrel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003e150mm machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 170mm barrel hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smaller barrel hinge for 300kg gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-120mm\"\u003e120mm barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA barrel hinge you can adjust in and out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm\"\u003eM20 adjustable barrel hinge 230mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, three on very tall or heavy gates. Assemble each hinge with its ball in place, pin end down. Stand the gate on packers in the opening and hold each hinge in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check the hinges are in one vertical line, tack, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Keep spatter away from the joint. Let it cool, grease through the nipple and paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive the grease nipple a pump of grease every six months, more often on busy gates. Touch up the paint on the welds and barrels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the gate be lifted off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The top half lifts off the pin. Weld a stop above the top hinge if you want to prevent that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need greasing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, through the nipple on top, twice a year. The ball bearing then keeps the gate light to swing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845467840899,"sku":"SSHF-597315-01","price":35.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/heavy-barrel-hinge-170mm-welded-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794017000"},{"product_id":"adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm","title":"Adjustable Barrel Hinge M16, 130mm Cranked Pin, Weld-On Barrel, Ball Bearing, Greaseable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable barrel hinge for steel gates that you can set in and out after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black painted M16 threaded bar is cranked at a right angle into a 30mm pin, which drops into a black weld-on barrel with a steel ball bearing inside and a grease nipple underneath. Weld the barrel to the post, pass the threaded arm through a hole in the gate stile and lock it with the nuts and washers supplied. Wind the nuts along the 103mm thread to close up or open the gap and bring the gate square. 130mm overall and rated for gates up to 300kg on a pair. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable barrel hinge: 130mm overall, 103mm thread, 30mm pin, 25mm barrel 50mm tall, 28 x 60mm weld leaf\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long M16 thread lets you move the gate in or out after it is hung, so you can take up a sagging leaf or a post that has moved without cutting anything off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBall bearing and grease nipple.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pin turns on a steel ball in the barrel, so the gate swings lightly, and you can grease it from underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOnly one part to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e The barrel welds to the post; the gate simply bolts on through a drilled hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts off the barrels when you need to take it down for painting or repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel pedestrian, garden and side gates, railings gates, small driveway gates and service gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCranked threaded pin, weld-on barrel with ball bearing and grease nipple, two nuts and two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 130mm overall, 103mm of thread, 30mm pin, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm across, 50mm tall, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm wide, 60mm tall, 10mm thick; 36mm over barrel and leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich barrel hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M16, gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M20, longer reach for heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm\"\u003eM20 adjustable barrel hinge 230mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-120mm\"\u003e120mm barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge for heavy gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003e170mm heavy barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 17 to 18mm hole through the gate stile for each threaded arm. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, fit the pins through the stile with a nut and washer either side, drop the barrels onto the pins and hold them against the post. Check the barrels are in one vertical line, tack them to the post, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Set the gap with the nuts and tighten them hard. Grease through the nipples and paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease through the nipple every six months and check the lock nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs there a minimum order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, 6 hinges, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich part welds to which?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe barrel welds to the post. The threaded arm bolts through the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845456470403,"sku":"SSHF-662851-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm-fitted-steel-gate.jpg?v=1794048035"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-120mm","title":"Weld-On Barrel Hinge 120mm, 19mm Pin, Ball Bearing, Greaseable, for Gates to 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact weld-on barrel hinge for steel pedestrian, garden and medium-weight gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two black steel barrels, each with its own flat 10mm weld leaf, turn on a solid 19mm pin with a steel ball bearing between the halves, so the gate swings smoothly and the barrels do not wear against each other. A grease nipple on top keeps it lubricated. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate lifts straight off the pin when needed. 120mm long and rated for gates up to 300kg on a pair. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-barrel-hinge-120mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 120mm weld-on barrel hinge: 26mm barrels, 55mm top half, 59mm bottom half, 19mm pin 30mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBall bearing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The steel ball between the halves carries the gate's weight on a single point, so the gate swings lightly and the barrels do not grind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreaseable.\u003c\/strong\u003e A grease nipple on the top barrel lets you lubricate the pin and bearing without taking the gate down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat weld leaves.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each barrel has its own 10mm leaf for a long, strong weld run on box section gates and posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and compact.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only 26mm across the barrel, so it looks tidy on lighter gates while still carrying up to 300kg on a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel pedestrian and garden gates, side and service gates, railings gates, small driveway gates, cabinet and enclosure doors, and gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two halves, pin and ball bearing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm overall: top half about 55mm, bottom half 59mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 to 26mm across, 35mm across barrel and leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm thick, one on each half (53mm tall on the top half, 59mm on the bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm across, 30mm long, fixed in the bottom half\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel ball between the halves, grease nipple on top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.62 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich weld-on hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight garden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter\"\u003e120mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 300kg, compact barrel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 120mm barrel hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003e170mm heavy barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA barrel hinge you can adjust in and out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm\"\u003eM20 adjustable barrel hinge 230mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge with its ball in place, pin end down. Stand the gate on packers in the opening and hold each hinge in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check the hinges are in one vertical line, tack, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Keep spatter away from the joint. Let it cool, grease through the nipple and paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive the grease nipple a pump of grease every six months, more often on busy gates. Touch up the paint on the welds and barrels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the gate be lifted off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The top half lifts off the pin. Weld a stop above the top hinge if you want to prevent that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need greasing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, through the nipple on top, twice a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57840602579331,"sku":"SSHF-728387-01","price":24.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-barrel-hinge-120mm-welded-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794047849"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge-pair","title":"Bolt-On 180° Adjustable Gate Hinges, M16, Black (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA pair of bolt-on 180 degree adjustable gate hinges, for steel box section gates where you cannot or do not want to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black aluminium U clamp bolts to the face of the post and holds the eye of a hot-dip galvanised M16 eyebolt. The bolt runs across to a black slotted bracket that bolts to the gate stile. After hanging you can raise or lower the gate by up to 15mm and move it in or out by up to 25mm, and the same hinges suit left or right hand gates. The gate opens right back to 180 degrees. The price is for a pair, enough for one gate leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-adjustable-gate-hinge-black-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the bolt-on 180 degree adjustable gate hinge: M16 eyebolt 110mm from pivot to bolt end, 50mm U clamp, 46 x 70mm gate bracket, fixing holes 25mm and 30mm apart\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose these hinges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both halves bolt on, so there is no hot work on site, no ground-off coating and no welds to paint. Fit them to new gates or swap them onto existing powder coated gates without damaging the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ways to fix.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the expanding inserts supplied for a blind fixing from one side of the box section, or bolt straight through the post and stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHard to tamper with.\u003c\/strong\u003e The eyebolt and cross bolt are a vandal-resistant design, so the gate is hard to lift off or loosen once it is hung.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e 15mm up and down and 25mm in and out, so you can set the gate square and correct it later if the post moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens to 180 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate folds right back against the fence line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere they are used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and garden gates, school, park and playground gates, mesh panel and bar gates in square box section, and replacement hinges on finished powder coated gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pair (two complete hinges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEach hinge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU clamp, M16 eyebolt with nuts and washers, slotted gate bracket, cross bolt, fixing bolts and expanding inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEyebolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, hot-dip galvanised, 110mm from pivot to bolt end, 85mm thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU clamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black RAL 9005, 50mm wide, 46.5mm high, 45mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black RAL 9005, 46mm wide, 70mm long, slotted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost: two side by side, 25mm apart. Gate: two one above the other, 30mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2m wide; maker's rating 200kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.63 kg the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 180 degree hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo welding, M16, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThese hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, adjusts four ways, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 400kg, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt-on with sealed bearings, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-180-hinge-1\"\u003eBolt-on double bearing hinge, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the pair on one gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark and drill two holes side by side, 25mm apart, in the face of the post for each U clamp, and two holes one above the other, 30mm apart, in the gate stile for each bracket. Fix with the expanding inserts or bolt right through. Fit the eyebolts in the clamps, pass them through the slotted brackets with a nut and washer either side, stand the gate on packers and set the height and gap. Tighten everything and fit the cross bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the eye and check the nuts and fixing bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or two?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo. You get a pair, enough to hang one gate leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both parts bolt on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The same hinges suit both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill they fit a wide or heavy gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are for gates up to 2m wide. For heavier gates choose the M20 4-way hinge or call us with the gate size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57839274230147,"sku":"SSHF-968963-01","price":101.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-adjustable-gate-hinge-black-fitted-office-gate.jpg?v=1794047460"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-180-degree-hinge-set-for-driveways","title":"180 Degree Gate Hinge Set for Sloping Drives, Rising Ground 2% to 35%, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 180 degree hinge set for gates that open onto rising ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e The eccentric bottom hinge lifts the gate as it swings, so the bottom rail clears a drive or path that climbs inside the gate, from a gentle 2% up to a steep 35% depending on how far apart the hinges are set. The top hinge is a 4-way adjustable eyebolt hinge, so the gate can be set square after hanging. Hot-dip galvanised with stainless steel parts, for left or right hand gates up to 75kg. The price is for the complete set of two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sloping-drive-180-degree-gate-hinge-set-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the sloping drive hinge set top hinge: M16 eyebolt 110mm from pivot, 40mm grip, 88 x 60mm ear plate, 80mm groove plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens over rising ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e Instead of cutting the gate short or digging out the drive, the eccentric hinge raises the gate as it opens so it clears the slope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens to 180 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate can swing right back against the fence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top hinge adjusts in and out, sideways and up and down, and the set works on left or right hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to pair with a gate closer.\u003c\/strong\u003e A hydraulic gate closer is recommended for a controlled, gentle close.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to last outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanised steel with stainless steel working parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates on sloping drives and paths, school, park and business entrances on rising ground, and replacement hinges for gates that scrape the ground as they open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne set: eccentric bottom hinge and adjustable top hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround rising 2% to 35% inside the gate, depending on hinge spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop hinge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 eyebolt, 110mm from pivot to bolt end, 40 x 42 x 30mm grip, 88 x 60mm ear plate, 80mm groove plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate stile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot-dip galvanised, stainless steel parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4.09 kg the set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the eccentric hinge at the bottom of the gate and the adjustable hinge at the top, following the measurements on the drawing and the instructions supplied. The steeper the ground, the further apart the hinges need to be. Hang the gate, set it square with the top hinge, then fit a hydraulic gate closer so it closes gently. Grind the coating off where you weld and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the fixings and the closer each spring and keep the bottom hinge clear of soil and leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for both hinges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete set: the bottom eccentric hinge and the top adjustable hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow steep a slope will it clear?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom 2% up to 35%, depending on how far apart the two hinges are fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a gate closer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is strongly recommended for a controlled, gentle close.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The set suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock is limited, so for more than one set call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57837004390787,"sku":"SSHF-242307-01","price":450.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sloping-drive-180-degree-gate-hinge-set-on-business-park-gate.jpg?v=1794046906"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-180-hinge","title":"Bolt-On 180 Degree Double Bearing Gate Hinge, Silver, No Welding, Gates to 150kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat bolt-on gate hinge that opens to 180 degrees, with no welding and nothing for vandals to undo.\u003c\/strong\u003e The silver powder coated aluminium housing, with black end caps, hides two stainless steel bearings for a smooth, quiet swing, and it bolts straight through the post and the gate with concealed, anti-theft fixings. It suits left or right hand gates and can be used with a 180 degree hydraulic gate closer. A pair carries gates up to 150kg and 1.5m wide. The price is for one hinge; most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-gate-hinge-silver-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the bolt-on 180 degree double bearing gate hinge: 115mm high, 109mm over the fixings, 60.5mm deep, two 15mm holes at 40mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Drill two holes in the post and two in the gate and bolt it on. Ideal for powder coated and galvanised gates you do not want to burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens to 180 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate folds right back flat against the fence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth and quiet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two stainless steel bearings take the load, so the gate swings easily for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVandal resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e The fixings are concealed and anti-theft, so the gate cannot simply be unbolted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean look.\u003c\/strong\u003e A rounded silver barrel that matches aluminium, galvanised and grey gates and fences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium and galvanised steel pedestrian gates, garden and side gates, pool and play area gates, school and commercial pedestrian gates, and any gate up to 1.5m wide where a tidy, weld-free hinge is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (most gates need two)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, silver powder coated, black end caps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115mm high, 109mm over the fixings, 60.5mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-bolted, two 15mm holes at 40mm centres in post and gate, concealed anti-theft fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 150kg and 1.5m wide on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.02 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bolt-on hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-180-hinge-1\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree double bearing hinge, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable height and depth, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree adjustable hinges, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, 4-way adjustable, heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the hinge positions on the post and the gate stile in line, and drill two 15mm holes at 40mm centres through each. Bolt the hinge to the post, then hang the gate on packers and bolt the hinge to the gate. Check the swing, then tighten the fixings fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe clean when you clean the gate and check the fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge. Most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It bolts through the post and the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used with a gate closer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be combined with a 180 degree hydraulic gate closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock of the silver finish is limited, so for larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57836945506691,"sku":"SSHF-275075-01","price":118.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-gate-hinge-silver-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794046736"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-180-hinge-1","title":"Bolt-On 180 Degree Double Bearing Gate Hinge, Black, No Welding, Gates to 150kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat bolt-on gate hinge that opens to 180 degrees, with no welding and nothing for vandals to undo.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black powder coated aluminium housing hides two stainless steel bearings for a smooth, quiet swing, and it bolts straight through the post and the gate with concealed, anti-theft fixings. It suits left or right hand gates and can be used with a 180 degree hydraulic gate closer. A pair carries gates up to 150kg and 1.5m wide. The price is for one hinge; most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-gate-hinge-black-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the bolt-on 180 degree double bearing gate hinge: 115mm high, 109mm over the fixings, 60.5mm deep, two 15mm holes at 40mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Drill two holes in the post and two in the gate and bolt it on. Ideal for powder coated and galvanised gates you do not want to burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens to 180 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate folds right back flat against the fence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth and quiet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two stainless steel bearings take the load, so the gate swings easily for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVandal resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e The fixings are concealed and anti-theft, so the gate cannot simply be unbolted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean look.\u003c\/strong\u003e A rounded black barrel that matches modern black gates and fences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium and steel pedestrian gates, garden and side gates, pool and play area gates, school and commercial pedestrian gates, and any gate up to 1.5m wide where a tidy, weld-free hinge is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (most gates need two)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black powder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115mm high, 109mm over the fixings, 60.5mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-bolted, two 15mm holes at 40mm centres in post and gate, concealed anti-theft fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 150kg and 1.5m wide on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.02 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bolt-on hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-180-hinge\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree double bearing hinge, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable height and depth, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree adjustable hinges, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, 4-way adjustable, heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the hinge positions on the post and the gate stile in line, and drill two 15mm holes at 40mm centres through each. Bolt the hinge to the post, then hang the gate on packers and bolt the hinge to the gate. Check the swing, then tighten the fixings fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe clean when you clean the gate and check the fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge. Most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It bolts through the post and the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used with a gate closer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be combined with a 180 degree hydraulic gate closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57836795855235,"sku":"SSHF-307843-01","price":118.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-gate-hinge-black-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794046587"},{"product_id":"premium-4-way-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16","title":"4-Way Adjustable Gate Hinge with M16 Eyebolt, 180 Degree, Galvanised, Weld-On","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 4-way adjustable gate hinge with an M16 eyebolt, for steel gates that must hang true and stay that way.\u003c\/strong\u003e A U-shaped grip welds to the post and holds the eye of a hot-dip galvanised M16 eyebolt. The bolt passes through a slotted ear plate that screws to a groove plate welded on the gate. After hanging you can move the gate in and out, sideways, and up or down, and the same hinge works on left or right hand gates. It opens to 180 degrees. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 4-way adjustable gate hinge: M16 eyebolt 110mm from pivot to bolt end, 40mm grip, 88 x 60mm slotted ear plate, 80mm groove plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts four ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e In and out on the eyebolt nuts, sideways along the slot in the ear plate, up and down in the groove plate, and left or right hand. Set the gate perfectly after hanging and correct it later if the post moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens to 180 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate can fold right back against the fence line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong and compact.\u003c\/strong\u003e M16 hot-dip galvanised eyebolt, rated by the maker for gates up to 200kg depending on gate width and hinge spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo left or right hand to stock.\u003c\/strong\u003e One hinge suits both hands of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian, garden and side gates, school and playground gates, mesh panel gates in box section, and gates fitted with a hydraulic gate closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped grip, M16 eyebolt with nuts and washers, slotted ear plate, groove plate, screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEyebolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, hot-dip galvanised, 110mm from pivot to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm wide, 42mm high, 30mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88mm, 60mm high, slotted, zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroove plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm high, 36.5mm wide, for gate stiles 40mm and over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200kg (maker's figure, gate width up to 4m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 4-way hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 200kg, M16 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 400kg, M20 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo welding at all, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree adjustable hinges, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf. Weld the grips to the post and the groove plates to the gate stile, one pair near the top and one near the bottom. Fit the eyebolts in the grips, pass them through the slotted ear plates with a nut and washer either side, and screw the ear plates to the groove plates. Stand the gate on packers, set the height in the groove plates, the sideways position in the slots and the gap with the nuts, then tighten everything. Grind the plating off where you weld and paint the welds afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the eye and check the nuts and screws each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The same hinge suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit a hydraulic gate closer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This hinge is designed to work with a hydraulic gate closer on pedestrian and security gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the grip welds to the post and the groove plate welds to the gate. For a no-weld fixing choose the bolt-on hinge pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57804417335683,"sku":"SSHF-784899-01","price":26.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-on-school-gate.jpg?v=1794046379"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt","title":"4-Way Adjustable Gate Hinge with M20 Eyebolt, 180 Degree, Galvanised, Weld-On","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy-duty 4-way adjustable gate hinge with a thick M20 eyebolt, for steel gates that must hang true and stay that way.\u003c\/strong\u003e A U-shaped grip welds to the post and holds the eye of a hot-dip galvanised M20 eyebolt. The bolt passes through a slotted ear plate that screws to a groove plate welded on the gate. After hanging you can move the gate in and out, sideways, and up or down, and the same hinge works on left or right hand gates. It opens to 180 degrees. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 4-way adjustable gate hinge: M20 eyebolt 130mm from pivot to bolt end, 60mm grip, 103 x 60mm slotted ear plate, 80mm groove plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts four ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e In and out on the eyebolt nuts, sideways along the slot in the ear plate, up and down in the groove plate, and left or right hand. Set the gate perfectly after hanging and correct it later if the post moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens to 180 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate can fold right back against the fence line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e M20 hot-dip galvanised eyebolt and grip, rated by the maker for gates up to 400kg depending on gate width and hinge spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo left or right hand to stock.\u003c\/strong\u003e One hinge suits both hands of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel security and mesh panel gates, school and business park gates, pedestrian and driveway gates in box section, and gates fitted with a hydraulic gate closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped grip, M20 eyebolt with nuts and washers, slotted ear plate, groove plate, screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEyebolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, hot-dip galvanised, 130mm from pivot to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm wide, 51mm high, 35mm deep, hot-dip galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e103mm, 60mm high, slotted, zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroove plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm high, 36.5mm wide, for gate stiles 40mm and over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg (maker's figure, gate width up to 4m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.85 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 4-way hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates, M20 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, M16 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo welding at all, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree adjustable hinges, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf. Weld the grips to the post and the groove plates to the gate stile, one pair near the top and one near the bottom. Fit the eyebolts in the grips, pass them through the slotted ear plates with a nut and washer either side, and screw the ear plates to the groove plates. Stand the gate on packers, set the height in the groove plates, the sideways position in the slots and the gap with the nuts, then tighten everything. Grind the plating off where you weld and paint the welds afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the eye and check the nuts and screws each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The same hinge suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit a hydraulic gate closer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This hinge is designed to work with a hydraulic gate closer on pedestrian and security gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the grip welds to the post and the groove plate welds to the gate. For a no-weld fixing choose the bolt-on hinge pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57788711502211,"sku":"SSHF-721347-01","price":54.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-on-security-gate.jpg?v=1794020849"},{"product_id":"medium-machined-hinge-170mm-x-20mm","title":"Zinc Plated Machined Weld-On Hinge 170mm x 20mm with Locking Grease Nipple","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim zinc plated weld-on hinge with a locking grease nipple, for garden and side gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 170mm hinge is machined from steel in two 85mm halves: the bottom half carries a 12mm pin and welds to the post, the top half welds to the gate and drops over the pin. The grease nipple in the top half screws in to reach a groove in the pin, locking the halves so the gate cannot be lifted off, and doubles as the point you grease the hinge through. At 20mm across it suits slim box section and flat-bar gates. The price is for one hinge (both halves), minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/zinc-plated-machined-hinge-170mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 170mm zinc plated machined hinge: 20mm across, two 85mm halves, 12mm pin 27mm long, M6 locking grease nipple\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this machined hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid, not pressed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both halves are machined steel with a turned 12mm pin, so the pin runs true in its bore and the hinge does not rock or rattle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocks on.\u003c\/strong\u003e With the grease nipple screwed home its tip sits in a groove in the pin, so the gate cannot be lifted off its hinges. Unscrew it to take the gate down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim and long.\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm across and 170mm long, giving a long weld on slim box section and flat-bar gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrease point built in.\u003c\/strong\u003e Grease the pin through the nipple without taking anything apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eZinc plated.\u003c\/strong\u003e Protected in store and on the gate until it is painted. Grind the plating off where you weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, railing and pedestrian gates, bin store and plant room doors, dog runs and pens, and fabrication work where a slim, lockable pivot is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (top and bottom half), minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on machined hinge, locking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm (two 85mm halves), 14mm spigot at each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm across, 27mm long, grooved to lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrease nipple\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM6, in the top half, locks the pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined steel, zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich machined hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, doors and lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm\"\u003eSmall machined hinge, 110mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden and side gates, locking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 170mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, side and driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003eMachined hinge 150 x 30mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003eHeavy barrel hinge 170mm with ball bearing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Stand the gate in the opening on packers with an even gap at the hinge side. Put the two halves of each hinge together, pin end down, and hold the barrel in the corner between the gate stile and the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, then tack the bottom halves to the post and the top halves to the gate. Lift the gate off to check it swings freely, then weld out. Grind the zinc off where you weld and weld with good ventilation. Keep weld spatter out of the joint, let it cool, screw the grease nipples home to lock the pins and grease the hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint the barrel with the gate, keeping paint off the grease nipple. Grease twice a year so the gate stays quiet and does not wear the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge in two halves. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the gate be lifted off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot with the grease nipple screwed home. Unscrew it a few turns and the gate lifts off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it strong enough for a heavy driveway gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor heavy gates choose the 150 x 30mm machined hinge or the heavy barrel hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt it on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made to be welded. For a bolt-on fixing see our adjustable gate hinges with back plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe half with the pin goes at the bottom, on the post. The gate half, with the grease nipple, drops over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is zinc plated, but paint it with the gate after welding for long life. The rubbing faces stay greased.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57642233201027,"sku":"SSHF-329283-01","price":10.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/zinc-plated-machined-hinge-170mm-welded-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794020029"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-ornate-hinge","title":"Aged Ornate Adjustable Gate Hinge 227mm with Ball Finials, 22mm Thread, Forged Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA large decorative adjustable gate hinge with ball finials and an aged finish, for heavier ornamental and wrought iron gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The forged barrel stands 227mm tall with a ball at each end, so the hinge becomes part of the gate's design instead of something to hide. A 22mm threaded arm bolts through the post with two nuts, letting you move the gate in or out and level it after hanging, and a 24mm pin joins the two halves. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aged-ornate-adjustable-gate-hinge-227mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 227mm aged ornate adjustable gate hinge: 36mm barrel, 32mm ball finials, 22mm thread 92mm long with two nuts, 24mm pin 65mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to be seen.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ball finials, bright turned rings and an aged, hammered black finish suit wrought iron, scroll and period-style gates where a plain hinge would spoil the look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm of 22mm thread and two nuts let you set the gap and level the gate after hanging, and re-set it if the gate drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off or locked on.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fit the bottom hinge pin up and the top hinge the other way up, and the gate cannot be lifted off its hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld and paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw forged steel with nothing to grind off. Paint it with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavier ornamental and wrought iron driveway gates, gates in period or traditional styles, railing gates, estate and church gates, and restoring old decorative gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (both parts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e227mm assembled, ball to ball\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm across, 32mm ball finials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115mm barrel with 24mm pin 65mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSocket part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112mm with ball, 71mm socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm, 92mm long, two hex nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128mm from barrel edge to thread end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged steel, aged black with bright rings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnate, garden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-ornate-hinge-1\"\u003eOrnate hinge 175mm, 18mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnate, larger and heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 227mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlain and simple, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/16mm-adjustable-hinge-set\"\u003eM16 weld-on hinge set, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf. Drill a hole through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line, and pass the threaded arms through with a nut on each side. For the bottom hinge the pin points up; for the top hinge turn the parts the other way up so the pin points down. Fit the socket parts on the pins, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the socket parts to the gate stile. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, tighten them, and paint the hinges with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pins once a year and touch up the paint when you paint the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole goes through the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe arm has a 22mm thread, so drill a 24mm hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the socket part welds to the gate. The threaded arm bolts through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock of this size is limited, so for more than a few call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57642172645763,"sku":"SSHF-181251-01","price":37.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aged-ornate-adjustable-gate-hinge-227mm-on-wrought-iron-gate.jpg?v=1794019876"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-ornate-hinge-1","title":"Ornate Adjustable Gate Hinge 175mm with Ball Finials, 18mm Thread, Forged Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA decorative adjustable gate hinge with ball finials, for ornamental and wrought iron gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The forged barrel stands 175mm tall with a ball at each end, so the hinge becomes part of the gate's design instead of something to hide. An 18mm threaded arm bolts through the post with two nuts, letting you move the gate in or out and level it after hanging, and a 20mm pin joins the two halves. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-adjustable-gate-hinge-175mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 175mm ornate adjustable gate hinge: 32mm barrel, 25mm ball finials, 18mm thread 100mm long with two nuts, 20mm pin 49mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to be seen.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ball finials, turned rings and a hammered finish suit wrought iron, scroll and period-style gates where a plain hinge would spoil the look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e 100mm of 18mm thread and two nuts let you set the gap and level the gate after hanging, and re-set it if the gate drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off or locked on.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fit the bottom hinge pin up and the top hinge the other way up, and the gate cannot be lifted off its hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld and paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw forged steel with nothing to grind off. Paint it with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrnamental and wrought iron garden gates, driveway gates in period or traditional styles, railing gates, estate and church gates, and restoring old decorative gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (both parts), minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175mm assembled, ball to ball\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm across, 25mm ball finials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm barrel with 20mm pin 49mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSocket part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm with ball, 53mm socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, 100mm long, two hex nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e132mm from barrel edge to thread end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw forged steel, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnate, garden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 175mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnate, larger and heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-ornate-hinge\"\u003eAged ornate hinge 230mm, 22mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlain and simple, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/16mm-adjustable-hinge-set\"\u003eM16 weld-on hinge set, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf. Drill a hole through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line, and pass the threaded arms through with a nut on each side. For the bottom hinge the pin points up; for the top hinge turn the parts the other way up so the pin points down. Fit the socket parts on the pins, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the socket parts to the gate stile. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, tighten them, and paint the hinges with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pins once a year and touch up the paint when you paint the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole goes through the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe arm has an 18mm thread, so drill a 20mm hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the socket part welds to the gate. The threaded arm bolts through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57642145448323,"sku":"SSHF-246787-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornate-adjustable-gate-hinge-175mm-on-wrought-iron-gate.jpg?v=1794019743"},{"product_id":"16mm-adjustable-hinge-set","title":"Weld-On Adjustable Gate Hinge Set M16, Pair, Eye Bolts and Pin Plates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA simple, strong adjustable hinge pair for steel gates, sold as a set of two.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each hinge is an M16 eye bolt that passes through the gate post and locks with two nuts, and a small pin plate that you weld to the gate. The eye drops over the pin, so the gate lifts on and off, and the nuts let you move the gate in or out to set the gap and square it up. One set hangs one gate leaf. The price is for one pair, minimum order 6 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-adjustable-gate-hinge-set-m16-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 weld-on adjustable gate hinge set: eye bolt 118mm overall with 90mm thread and 15mm eye, pin plate 54 x 30 x 8mm with 14mm pin 36mm high\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA pair in one buy.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two complete hinges, enough to hang one gate leaf, so there is nothing to match up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e 90mm of M16 thread and two nuts let you set the gate in or out and level it, and re-set it if the gate drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The eye drops over the 14mm pin, so the gate lifts off for painting or repairs. Weld the top pin pointing down if you want the gate to stay on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8mm pin plates are raw steel with nothing to grind off. The bolts and nuts are zinc plated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, pedestrian and railing gates, farm and paddock gates on steel or timber posts, and replacement hinges for older gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair (two hinges), minimum order 6 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo M16 eye bolts, four hex nuts, two weld-on pin plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEye bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 118mm overall, 90mm of thread, 15mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 x 30mm, 8mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm, 36mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel plates and pins, zinc plated bolts and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.6 kg the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill an 18mm hole through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Pass an eye bolt through each hole with a nut on each side of the post. Drop the eyes over the pins, stand the gate on packers in position, and weld the pin plates flat to the gate stile, pins pointing up. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten both nuts hard against the post. Paint the welds and plates with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pins once a year and check the nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pair: two complete hinges, enough for one gate leaf. The minimum order is 6 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the gate be lifted off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with both pins pointing up. Weld the top pin plate upside down, pin pointing down into the eye, to stop the gate being lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the pin plates weld to the gate. The eye bolts go through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57642066182531,"sku":"SSHF-574467-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-adjustable-gate-hinge-set-m16-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794019539"},{"product_id":"weld-in-pin-for-30mm-square","title":"Weld-In Gate Pin for 30mm Box Section, 30mm Round x 50mm, Forged Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA solid round steel pin that welds into the stile of a 30mm box-section gate, giving a wrap-around hinge something strong to turn on.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut a short gap in the gate stile at each hinge height, set this 30mm round pin in line and weld it in at both chamfered ends. The stile then has a true round section where a wrap-around hinge strap can clamp round it and pivot. Forged mild steel, raw finish, ready to weld. The price is for one pin, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-in-gate-pin-30mm-box-section-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the weld-in gate pin for 30mm box section: 30mm round, 50mm long, 45mm body, 24mm chamfered end faces\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this pin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to match 30mm box.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 30mm diameter lines up with the faces of 30mm square tube, so the stile stays straight and neat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid, not tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e Forged from solid bar, so the hinge strap bears on a full section that will not crush or wear through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChamfered for welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both ends are chamfered down to 24mm, giving a ready-made weld preparation for a full-strength butt weld into the box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e No coating to grind off. Paint or galvanise with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden, side, driveway and field gates built from 30mm box section and hung on wrap-around hinges, and repairs where a worn hinge section of a stile is cut out and replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pin, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm overall, 45mm before the chamfers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd faces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm, chamfered for welding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid forged mild steel, raw finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.27 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHinges to go with it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrap-around hinge with a nut you weld to the post, 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrap-around hinge through the post, 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrap-around hinge that bolts to a post or wall, 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge on 100mm bolt-on plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pin for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-weld-in-pin-40mm-square\"\u003eWeld-in gate pin for 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse one pin at each hinge height, normally two per gate leaf. Mark the hinge heights on the stile, cut out a 45mm to 48mm section of the box at each, and square the cut ends. Set the pin in the gap with its centre on the line of the stile, check it with a straight edge on two faces, and tack it top and bottom. Weld all round both chamfered ends, then grind flush if you want a clean finish. Fit the wrap-around hinge straps round the pins before hanging the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint or galvanise with the gate, then grease the pin inside the hinge strap once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one pin. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it hollow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is solid forged steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the pin is sold on its own. Pair it with a wrap-around hinge made for a 30mm pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57641926787459,"sku":"SSHF-328131-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-in-gate-pin-30mm-box-section-welded-in-stile.jpg?v=1794019342"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-weld-in-pin-40mm-square","title":"Weld-In Gate Pin for 40mm Box Section, 40mm Round x 69mm, Forged Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA solid round steel pin that welds into the stile of a 40mm box-section gate, giving a wrap-around hinge something strong to turn on.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut a short gap in the gate stile at each hinge height, set this 40mm round pin in line and weld it in at both chamfered ends. The stile then has a true round section where a wrap-around hinge strap can clamp round it and pivot. Forged mild steel, raw finish, ready to weld. The price is for one pin, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-in-gate-pin-40mm-box-section-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the weld-in gate pin for 40mm box section: 40mm round, 69mm long, 60mm body, 32mm chamfered end faces\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this pin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to match 40mm box.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 40mm diameter lines up with the faces of 40mm square tube, so the stile stays straight and neat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid, not tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e Forged from solid bar, so the hinge strap bears on a full section that will not crush or wear through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChamfered for welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both ends are chamfered down to 32mm, giving a ready-made weld preparation for a full-strength butt weld into the box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e No coating to grind off. Paint or galvanise with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway, farm, yard and industrial gates built from 40mm box section and hung on wrap-around hinges, and repairs where a worn hinge section of a stile is cut out and replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pin, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69mm overall, 60mm before the chamfers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd faces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm, chamfered for welding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid forged mild steel, raw finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHinges to go with it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrap-around hinge with a nut you weld to the post, 40mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrap-around hinge through the post, 40mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pin for 30mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/weld-in-pin-for-30mm-square\"\u003eWeld-in gate pin for 30mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse one pin at each hinge height, normally two per gate leaf. Mark the hinge heights on the stile, cut out a 60mm to 65mm section of the box at each, and square the cut ends. Set the pin in the gap with its centre on the line of the stile, check it with a straight edge on two faces, and tack it top and bottom. Weld all round both chamfered ends, then grind flush if you want a clean finish. Fit the wrap-around hinge straps round the pins before hanging the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint or galvanise with the gate, then grease the pin inside the hinge strap once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one pin. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it hollow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is solid forged steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the pin is sold on its own. Pair it with a wrap-around hinge made for a 40mm pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57641886351747,"sku":"SSHF-360899-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-in-gate-pin-40mm-box-section-welded-in-stile.jpg?v=1794019167"},{"product_id":"premium-30mm-gate-pin-for-welding","title":"Weld-On Gate Pin 30mm, Forged Steel Gate Hook for Heavy Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavy-duty pin for hanging big steel gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid forged gate pin with a 30mm pin standing 55mm up from a thick 50 x 70 x 25mm base. Weld the square end of the base to the gate post and drop the gate's eye or wrap-around hinge over the pin. Forged in one piece, so there is no weld between pin and base to fail, and at just over a kilo it is made for heavy field, yard and driveway gates. The price is for one pin, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-pin-30mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 30mm weld-on gate pin: base 50 x 70 x 25mm, pin 29.8mm across and 55mm tall, with the table of all five pin sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a forged gate pin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne piece of steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pin and base are forged together, so the only weld is the one you make to the post, on a big flat face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig bearing face.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 25mm thick base carries the gate's weight straight into the post, and the 30mm pin gives the eye a wide surface to turn on, so it wears slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the gate on and off the pins for painting and repairs. Turn the top pin upside down and the gate cannot be lifted off at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e No plating to grind off before welding. Paint or galvanise it with the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eField and farm gates, yard and compound gates, heavy driveway gates, industrial and security gates, cattle and equestrian gates, and large shed or barn doors hung on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pin, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.8mm across (30mm nominal), 55mm tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm wide, 70mm long, 25mm thick, one square end and one rounded end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged mild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm gate eyes and wrap-around hinges made for a 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.03 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat goes with it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn adjustable hinge that wraps round this pin, with a nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge for 30mm pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, with a weld-on jointed plate bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, on a 100 x 100mm back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge, back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA smaller pin for garden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/20mm-gate-pin-for-welding\"\u003e20mm gate pin\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-12mm-gate-pin-for-welding\"\u003e12mm gate pin\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit two pins per gate leaf. Grind the post clean, then hold each pin with the square end of its base flat against the side of the post and the pin upright. Check the two pins are in one vertical line with a straight edge or plumb line, then tack, check again and weld all round the square end. Let them cool, prime and paint. Hang the gate by lowering its eyes onto the pins. For security, weld the top pin upside down so it points into the top eye from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin each spring so the eye turns freely and quietly. Touch up chipped paint on the base to stop rust creeping under the weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be bolted on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is made to be welded to a steel post. For a timber post use a bolt-through hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich eye fits it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny gate eye or wrap-around hinge made for a 30mm pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I galvanise it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Weld it to the post first, then galvanise or paint the whole post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I stop the gate being lifted off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeld the top pin upside down, pointing down into the top eye. The gate can then only come off by cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators and farm suppliers buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57636519969155,"sku":"SSHF-390211-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-pin-30mm-on-yard-gate-post.jpg?v=1794013614"},{"product_id":"20mm-gate-pin-for-welding","title":"Weld-On Gate Pin 20mm, Forged Steel Gate Hook for Side and Driveway Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe all-round forged gate pin for side and driveway gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid 20mm pin standing 50mm up from a 45 x 65 x 15mm base, forged in one piece from mild steel. Weld the square end of the base to the gate post and drop a 20mm gate eye or a hinge made for a 20mm pin over it. Stronger than the 12mm pin for heavier side gates and single driveway gates, and neater than the big 30mm pin. The price is for one pin, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-pin-20mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 20mm weld-on gate pin: base 45 x 65 x 15mm, pin 19.8mm across and 50mm tall, with the table of all five pin sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a forged gate pin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne piece of steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pin and base are forged together, so the only weld is yours, on a big flat face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig bearing face.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 15mm thick base carries the gate's weight straight into the post and the 20mm pin wears slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts on and off for painting. Fit the top pin upside down and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nothing to grind off before welding. Paint or galvanise with the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide gates, single driveway gates, railing gates, paddock and yard gates, steel doors on stores and compounds, and fabrication work where a strong lift-off pivot is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pin, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.8mm across (20mm nominal), 50mm tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm wide, 65mm long, 15mm thick, one square end and one rounded end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged mild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm gate eyes and hinges made for a 20mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.44 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich pin size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight garden and ornamental gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-12mm-gate-pin-for-welding\"\u003e12mm gate pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide gates and single driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 20mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy field, yard and driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-30mm-gate-pin-for-welding\"\u003e30mm gate pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit two pins per gate leaf. Clean the post, hold each pin with the square end of its base flat against the side of the post and the pin upright, and check the two pins are in one vertical line. Tack, check again and weld round the square end. Prime and paint, then lower the gate's eyes onto the pins. For security, weld the top pin upside down so it points into the top eye from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin each spring so the gate swings freely and quietly, and touch up chipped paint on the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be bolted on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is made to be welded to a steel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich eye fits it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny gate eye or hinge made for a 20mm pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I galvanise it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Weld it to the post first, then galvanise or paint the whole post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57635825811843,"sku":"SSHF-143875-01","price":5.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-pin-20mm-on-side-gate-post.jpg?v=1794015399"},{"product_id":"premium-12mm-gate-pin-for-welding","title":"Weld-On Gate Pin 12mm, Forged Steel Gate Hook for Light Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small forged gate pin for light gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid 12mm pin standing 30mm up from a 25 x 45 x 10mm base, forged in one piece from mild steel. Weld the square end of the base to the gate post and drop a 12mm gate eye over the pin. Ideal for garden gates, ornamental railings, small doors and fabrication work where a neat, strong pivot is needed. The price is for one pin, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-pin-12mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 12mm weld-on gate pin: base 25 x 45 x 10mm, pin 11.8mm across and 30mm tall, with the table of all five pin sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a forged gate pin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne piece of steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pin and base are forged together, so there is no joint to work loose. The only weld is yours, on a flat face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and traditional.\u003c\/strong\u003e The small rounded base suits wrought iron and ornamental gates, and disappears once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts on and off for painting. Fit the top pin upside down and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nothing to grind off before welding. Paint or galvanise with the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden and side gates, wrought iron and ornamental gates, railing gates, small steel doors and hatches, trailer and cage doors, and craft and fabrication projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pin, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8mm across (12mm nominal), 30mm tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm wide, 45mm long, 10mm thick, one square end and one rounded end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged mild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm gate eyes and hinges made for a 12mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich pin size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight garden and ornamental gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 12mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide gates and single driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/20mm-gate-pin-for-welding\"\u003e20mm gate pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy field, yard and driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-30mm-gate-pin-for-welding\"\u003e30mm gate pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA neat barrel hinge instead of pin and eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm\"\u003eSmall machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit two pins per gate leaf. Clean the post, hold each pin with the square end of its base flat against the side of the post and the pin upright, and check the two pins are in one vertical line. Tack, check again and weld round the square end. Prime and paint, then lower the gate's eyes onto the pins. For security, weld the top pin upside down so it points into the top eye from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin each spring so the gate swings freely and quietly, and touch up chipped paint on the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be bolted on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is made to be welded to a steel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich eye fits it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny gate eye or hinge made for a 12mm pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it strong enough for a driveway gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use it for light gates. For driveway gates choose the 20mm or 30mm pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57635762700675,"sku":"SSHF-340483-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-pin-12mm-on-garden-gate-post.jpg?v=1794015253"},{"product_id":"25mm-heavy-duty-gate-eye-for-welding","title":"Weld-On Gate Eye for 25mm Gate Pin, Forged Steel, 70 x 50 x 18mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA solid forged gate eye for hanging steel gates on a 25mm pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld the square end to your gate stile and the 26mm hole drops straight over a 25mm weld-on gate pin on the post. It is the simplest, strongest way to hang a heavy farm, yard or driveway gate, and the gate lifts off the pins when you need to take it down. Raw forged mild steel, ready to weld. The price is for one gate eye, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-eye-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 25mm weld-on gate eye: 70mm long, 50mm wide, 18mm thick, 26mm hole 50mm from the square end\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this gate eye\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForged, not cut from plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot forged in one piece, 18mm thick, so it will not bend or tear at the hole under a heavy gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig weld face.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square end is 50mm wide and 18mm thick, giving a long, strong weld to the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate drops onto the pins and lifts off for painting, repairs or wide deliveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e No coating to grind off before welding. Paint or galvanise it with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel farm and field gates, yard and industrial gates, driveway gates, livestock pens and hurdles, and any fabricated gate hung on weld-on or bolt-in gate pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne gate eye, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm, to suit a 25mm gate pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare end to hole centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged mild steel, raw finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two gate eyes per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, matched with two 25mm gate pins on the post. Fit the pins first, in a true vertical line. Drop an eye over each pin, stand the gate on packers in position with an even gap, and tack the square ends of the eyes to the gate stile. Lift the gate off, check it swings freely, then weld the eyes out fully on both faces. For security, fit the top pin pointing down or add a cap so the gate cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint or galvanise with the gate, then grease the pins once a year so the gate swings quietly and the hole does not wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one gate eye?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one gate eye. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat pin does it fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 25mm round gate pin. The hole is 26mm to give a free running fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the gate eye is sold on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I stop the gate being lifted off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Fit the top pin upside down, pointing down through the top eye, so the gate cannot be lifted off its pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57104304570755,"sku":"SSHF-781123-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/weld-on-gate-eye-25mm-on-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794018788"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/iron-hardware-gate-hinges.oembed?page=6","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}